<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ct1216</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ct1216"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Ct1216"/>
	<updated>2026-05-16T06:27:03Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723668</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723668"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:13:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The efficiency of the reaction relates to the fact that a certain ratio of translational to vibrational energy is more likely to produce a reactive trajectory. The Polanyi rules state that the vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction than translational energy; and that translational energy is more efficent in promoting an early-barrier reaction than vibrational energy. [4] This hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the exothermic F+H2 reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has an early TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher translational energy (p2) to vibrational energy (p1) would make the reaction more likely to be successful. In figure 23, the system is set up for p1= -1.5 and p2= -10, forming a system with a high translational energy to vibrational energy ratio; which is favourable in an exothermic reaction. In figure 24, the system is set up for p1=-6 and p2=1.5, forming a system with a high vibrational energy to translational energy; this reaction was unsuccessful. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example 3.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 24]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the endothermic H+HF reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has a late TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher vibrational energy (p1) to translational energy would result in a successful reaction. In figure 25, the system is set up for p1=-3.9 and p2=-2.2; which is a higher vibrational to translational ratio; the reaction resulted in a successful reaction trajectory. In figure 26, the system is set up for p1=-1.50 and p2=-3.0; which is a lower vibrational to translational energy ratio. The reaction was unsuccessful. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example2.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]][[File:Fhh example1.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, certain reactions have been found to not conform to Polanyi&#039;s rules, such as the late-high-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction. [5]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]  J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 3, 23, 3416-3419&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface. G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman, &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Science&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;2011&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;334(6054)&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723664</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723664"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:13:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The efficiency of the reaction relates to the fact that a certain ratio of translational to vibrational energy is more likely to produce a reactive trajectory. The Polanyi rules state that the vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction than translational energy; and that translational energy is more efficent in promoting an early-barrier reaction than vibrational energy. [4] This hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the exothermic F+H2 reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has an early TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher translational energy (p2) to vibrational energy (p1) would make the reaction more likely to be successful. In figure 23, the system is set up for p1= -1.5 and p2= -10, forming a system with a high translational energy to vibrational energy ratio; which is favourable in an exothermic reaction. In figure 24, the system is set up for p1=-6 and p2=1.5, forming a system with a high vibrational energy to translational energy; this reaction was unsuccessful. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example 3.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 24]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the endothermic H+HF reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has a late TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher vibrational energy (p1) to translational energy would result in a successful reaction. In figure 25, the system is set up for p1=-3.9 and p2=-2.2; which is a higher vibrational to translational ratio; the reaction resulted in a successful reaction trajectory. In figure 26, the system is set up for p1=-1.50 and p2=-3.0; which is a lower vibrational to translational energy ratio. The reaction was unsuccessful. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example2.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]][[File:Fhh example1.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, certain reactions have been found to not conform to Polanyi&#039;s rules, such as the late-high-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction. [5]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]  J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 3, 23, 3416-3419&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface. G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman, &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Science&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;2011&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;334(6054)&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723655</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723655"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:12:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The efficiency of the reaction relates to the fact that a certain ratio of translational to vibrational energy is more likely to produce a reactive trajectory. The Polanyi rules state that the vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction than translational energy; and that translational energy is more efficent in promoting an early-barrier reaction than vibrational energy. [4] This hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the exothermic F+H2 reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has an early TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher translational energy (p2) to vibrational energy (p1) would make the reaction more likely to be successful. In figure 23, the system is set up for p1= -1.5 and p2= -10, forming a system with a high translational energy to vibrational energy ratio; which is favourable in an exothermic reaction. In figure 24, the system is set up for p1=-6 and p2=1.5, forming a system with a high vibrational energy to translational energy; this reaction was unsuccessful. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example 3.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 24]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the endothermic H+HF reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has a late TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher vibrational energy (p1) to translational energy would result in a successful reaction. In figure 25, the system is set up for p1=-3.9 and p2=-2.2; which is a higher vibrational to translational ratio; the reaction resulted in a successful reaction trajectory. In figure 26, the system is set up for p1=-1.50 and p2=-3.0; which is a lower vibrational to translational energy ratio. The reaction was unsuccessful. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example2.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]][[File:Fhh example1.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, certain reactions have been found to not conform to Polanyi&#039;s rules, such as the late-high-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction. [5]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]  J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 3, 23, 3416-3419&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface. G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman, &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Science&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;2011&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;334(6054)&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723637</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723637"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:09:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The efficiency of the reaction relates to the fact that a certain ratio of translational to vibrational energy is more likely to produce a reactive trajectory. The Polanyi rules state that the vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction than translational energy; and that translational energy is more efficent in promoting an early-barrier reaction than vibrational energy. [4] This hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the exothermic F+H2 reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has an early TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher translational energy (p2) to vibrational energy (p1) would make the reaction more likely to be successful. In figure 23, the system is set up for p1= -1.5 and p2= -10, forming a system with a high translational energy to vibrational energy ratio; which is favourable in an exothermic reaction. In figure 24, the system is set up for p1=-6 and p2=1.5, forming a system with a high vibrational energy to translational energy; this reaction was unsuccessful. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example 3.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the endothermic H+HF reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has a late TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher vibrational energy (p1) to translational energy would result in a successful reaction. In figure 25, the system is set up for p1=-3.9 and p2=-2.2; which is a higher vibrational to translational ratio; the reaction resulted in a successful reaction trajectory. In figure 26, the system is set up for p1=-1.50 and p2=-3.0; which is a lower vibrational to translational energy ratio. The reaction was unsuccessful. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example2.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]][[File:Fhh example1.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, certain reactions have been found to not conform to Polanyi&#039;s rules, such as the late-high-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction. [5]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]  J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 3, 23, 3416-3419&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface. G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman, &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Science&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;2011&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;334(6054)&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723622</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723622"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:08:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The efficiency of the reaction relates to the fact that a certain ratio of translational to vibrational energy is more likely to produce a reactive trajectory. The Polanyi rules state that the vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction than translational energy; and that translational energy is more efficent in promoting an early-barrier reaction than vibrational energy. [4] This hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the exothermic F+H2 reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has an early TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher translational energy (p2) to vibrational energy (p1) would make the reaction more likely to be successful. In figure 23, the system is set up for p1= -1.5 and p2= -10, forming a system with a high translational energy to vibrational energy ratio; which is favourable in an exothermic reaction. In figure 24, the system is set up for p1=-6 and p2=1.5, forming a system with a high vibrational energy to translational energy. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example 3.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the endothermic H+HF reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has a late TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher vibrational energy (p1) to translational energy would result in a successful reaction. In figure 25, the system is set up for p1=-3.9 and p2=-2.2; which is a higher vibrational to translational ratio; the reaction resulted in a successful reaction trajectory. In figure 26, the system is set up for p1=-1.50 and p2=-3.0; which is a lower vibrational to translational energy ratio. The reaction was unsuccessful. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example2.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]][[File:Fhh example1.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, certain reactions have been found to not conform to Polanyi&#039;s rules, such as the late-high-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction. [5]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]  J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 3, 23, 3416-3419&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface. G. Czakó, J. M. Bowman, &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Science&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;2011&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;334(6054)&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723612</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723612"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:07:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The efficiency of the reaction relates to the fact that a certain ratio of translational to vibrational energy is more likely to produce a reactive trajectory. The Polanyi rules state that the vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction than translational energy; and that translational energy is more efficent in promoting an early-barrier reaction than vibrational energy. [4] This hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the exothermic F+H2 reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has an early TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher translational energy (p2) to vibrational energy (p1) would make the reaction more likely to be successful. In figure 23, the system is set up for p1= -1.5 and p2= -10, forming a system with a high translational energy to vibrational energy ratio; which is favourable in an exothermic reaction. In figure 24, the system is set up for p1=-6 and p2=1.5, forming a system with a high vibrational energy to translational energy. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example 3.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the endothermic H+HF reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has a late TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher vibrational energy (p1) to translational energy would result in a successful reaction. In figure 25, the system is set up for p1=-3.9 and p2=-2.2; which is a higher vibrational to translational ratio; the reaction resulted in a successful reaction trajectory. In figure 26, the system is set up for p1=-1.50 and p2=-3.0; which is a lower vibrational to translational energy ratio. The reaction was unsuccessful. This system obeys Polanyi&#039;s rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example2.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example1.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, certain reactions have been found to not conform to Polanyi&#039;s rules, such as the late-high-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction. [5]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]  J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 3, 23, 3416-3419&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723575</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723575"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:02:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The efficiency of the reaction relates to the fact that a certain ratio of translational to vibrational energy is more likely to produce a reactive trajectory. The Polanyi rules state that the vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction than translational energy; and that translational energy is more efficent in promoting an early-barrier reaction than vibrational energy. [4] This hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the exothermic F+H2 reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has an early TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher translational energy (p2) to vibrational energy (p1) would make the reaction more likely to be successful. In figure 23, the system is set up for p1= -1.5 and p2= -10, forming a system with a high translational energy to vibrational energy ratio; which is favourable in an exothermic reaction. In figure 24, the system is set up for p1=-6 and p2=1.5, forming a system with a high vibrational energy to translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example 3.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the endothermic H+HF reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has a late TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher vibrational energy (p1) to translational energy would result in a successful reaction. In figure 25, the system is set up for p1=-3.9 and p2=-2.2; which is a higher vibrational to translational ratio; the reaction resulted in a successful reaction trajectory. In figure 26, the system is set up for p1=-1.50 and p2=-3.0; which is a lower vibrational to translational energy ratio. The reaction was unsuccessful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example2.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example1.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]  J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 3, 23, 3416-3419&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723559</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723559"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:01:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F. transition state is not formed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 approaches F slightly, but TS is still not formed. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The efficiency of the reaction relates to the fact that a certain ratio of translational to vibrational energy is more likely to produce a reactive trajectory. The Polanyi rules state that the vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction than translational energy; and that translational energy is more efficent in promoting an early-barrier reaction than vibrational energy. [4] This hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the exothermic F+H2 reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has an early TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher translational energy (p2) to vibrational energy (p1) would make the reaction more likely to be successful. In figure 23, the system is set up for p1= -1.5 and p2= -10, forming a system with a high translational energy to vibrational energy ratio; which is favourable in an exothermic reaction. In figure 24, the system is set up for p1=-6 and p2=1.5, forming a system with a high vibrational energy to translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example 3.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the endothermic H+HF reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has a late TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher vibrational energy (p1) to translational energy would result in a successful reaction. In figure 25, the system is set up for p1=-3.9 and p2=-2.2; which is a higher vibrational to translational ratio; the reaction resulted in a successful reaction trajectory. In figure 26, the system is set up for p1=-1.50 and p2=-3.0; which is a lower vibrational to translational energy ratio. The reaction was unsuccessful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example2.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example1.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]  J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 3, 23, 3416-3419&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723495</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723495"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:54:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F. transition state is not formed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 approaches F slightly, but TS is still not formed. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The efficiency of the reaction relates to the fact that a certain ratio of translational to vibrational energy is more likely to produce a reactive trajectory. The Polanyi rules state that the vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction than translational energy; and that translational energy is more efficent in promoting an early-barrier reaction than vibrational energy. [4] This hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the exothermic F+H2 reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has an early TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher translational energy (p2) to vibrational energy (p1) would make the reaction more likely to be successful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In figure 23, the system is set up for p1= 1.5 and p2= -5.5, forming a system with a high translational energy to vibrational energy ratio; which is favourable in an exothermic reaction. In figure 24, the system is set up for p1=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the endothermic H+HF reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has a late TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher vibrational energy (p1) to translational energy would result in a successful reaction. In figure 25, the system is set up for p1=-3.9 and p2=-2.2; which is a higher vibrational to translational ratio; the reaction resulted in a successful reaction trajectory. In figure 26, the system is set up for p1=-1.50 and p2=-3.0; which is a lower vibrational to translational energy ratio. The reaction was unsuccessful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example2.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh example1.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 26]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]  J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 3, 23, 3416-3419&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_example2.png&amp;diff=723490</id>
		<title>File:Fhh example2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_example2.png&amp;diff=723490"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:53:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_example1.png&amp;diff=723479</id>
		<title>File:Fhh example1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_example1.png&amp;diff=723479"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:53:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723437</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723437"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:48:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Exercise 1: H + H2 system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F. transition state is not formed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 approaches F slightly, but TS is still not formed. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The efficiency of the reaction relates to the fact that a certain ratio of translational to vibrational energy is more likely to produce a reactive trajectory. The Polanyi rules state that the vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction than translational energy; and that translational energy is more efficent in promoting an early-barrier reaction than vibrational energy. [4] This hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the exothermic F+H2 reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has an early TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher translational energy (p2) to vibrational energy (p1) would make the reaction more likely to be successful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In figure 23, the system is set up for p1= 1.5 and p2= -5.5, forming a system with a high translational energy to vibrational energy ratio; which is favourable in an exothermic reaction. In figure 24, the system is set up for p1=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the endothermic H+HF reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has a late TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher vibrational energy (p1) to translational energy would result in a successful reaction. In figure 25, the system is set up for p1=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]  J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 3, 23, 3416-3419&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Example_3.png&amp;diff=723326</id>
		<title>File:Example 3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Example_3.png&amp;diff=723326"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:32:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723296</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723296"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:29:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F. transition state is not formed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 approaches F slightly, but TS is still not formed. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The efficiency of the reaction relates to the fact that a certain ratio of translational to vibrational energy is more likely to produce a reactive trajectory. The Polanyi rules state that the vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late-barrier reaction than translational energy; and that translational energy is more efficent in promoting an early-barrier reaction than vibrational energy. [4]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the F+H2 exothermic reaction, which according to Hammonds Postulate has an early TS, Polanyi&#039;s rules would mean that a higher translational energy to vibrational energy would make the reaction more likely to be successful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723114</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723114"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:10:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be confirmed experimentally by spectroscopy methods such as infrared spectroscopy. The wavelength of the peaks on the IR spectra can be related to energy by the formula E=hv, which can then determine the amount of vibrational energy produced or lost by the reactants and products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F. transition state is not formed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 approaches F slightly, but TS is still not formed. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723088</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723088"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:07:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 21, we can conclude that the law is upheld. The average potential energy is seen to decrease after 0.4 seconds, whereas the average kinetic energy increases. This reflects the conversion of potential energy to kinetic energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysng the internuclear momenta vs time plot (fig 22), it is observed that the degree of oscillation of the HH bond (to be dissociated) is much smaller than the HF bond (to be formed after 0.4 s). This is because in an exothermic reaction, there is a release of energy from the system to surrounding which is reflected by an increase in oscillation, and thus vibration, of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F. transition state is not formed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 approaches F slightly, but TS is still not formed. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723020</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=723020"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:59:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Figure 18: Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 19: Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 20: A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 21: Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Figure 22: Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The law of conservation of energy states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; this means that energy can neither be created nor destroyed; rather, it can only be transformed from one form to another. Analysing figure 2, we can conclude that the law is upheld. a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F. transition state is not formed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 approaches F slightly, but TS is still not formed. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=722408</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=722408"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T13:55:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Following the reaction path indicated by the black line, we can determine that it moves from the reactant channel to the product channel; so a this is a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 appraoches F slightly &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=722406</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=722406"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T13:55:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|left|Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|centre|A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Following the reaction path indicated by the black line, we can determine that it moves from the reactant channel to the product channel; so a this is a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|left|Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|centre|Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 appraoches F slightly &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=722393</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=722393"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T13:53:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system found to be:&lt;br /&gt;
F-H distance = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
H-H distance = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh animation 1.png|200px|thumb|Animation of the successful reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png|200px|thumb|A potential surface plot for the reaction indicating product formation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Following the reaction path indicated by the black line, we can determine that it moves from the reactant channel to the product channel; so a this is a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png|200px|thumb|Energy vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png|200px|thumb|Internuclear momenta vs time plot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 appraoches F slightly &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_animation_1.png&amp;diff=722367</id>
		<title>File:Fhh animation 1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_animation_1.png&amp;diff=722367"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T13:50:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_reactive_trajectory_2_momenta_time.png&amp;diff=722347</id>
		<title>File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 momenta time.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_reactive_trajectory_2_momenta_time.png&amp;diff=722347"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T13:47:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_reactive_trajectory_2_energy.png&amp;diff=722333</id>
		<title>File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 energy.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_reactive_trajectory_2_energy.png&amp;diff=722333"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T13:45:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_reactive_trajectory_2_surface_plot.png&amp;diff=722329</id>
		<title>File:Fhh reactive trajectory 2 surface plot.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_reactive_trajectory_2_surface_plot.png&amp;diff=722329"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T13:44:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=722320</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=722320"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T13:43:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Activation Energies */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png|200px|thumb|middle|Plot of potential surface to show position of TS relative to reactants and products; which are H2+F or HF+H either side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 appraoches F slightly &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_reaction_activation_energy.png&amp;diff=722304</id>
		<title>File:Fhh reaction activation energy.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fhh_reaction_activation_energy.png&amp;diff=722304"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T13:41:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=722291</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=722291"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T13:39:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Classification of the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fluorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond (-570 kJ/mol) [3] is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond (+436 kJ/mol) [3], the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 appraoches F slightly &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Richard Myers,&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;The Basics of Chemistry&#039;&#039;,Greenwood Press, 1951, &#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;,79&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721621</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721621"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T11:53:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Activation Energies */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fuorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond, the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were approximated on the surface plot graph to be -103.068 kJ/mol and -134.226 kJ/mol respectively. Therefore, the activation energies are calculated to be approximately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) EA(F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = -103.869 - (-103.068) = -0.801 kJ/mol (&amp;lt;0 exothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) EA(HF + H) = -103.869 - (-134.226) = +30.357 kJ/mol (&amp;gt;0 endothermic) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 appraoches F slightly &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721535</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721535"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T10:52:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fuorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond, the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were calculated to be &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H = 2.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H = 0.88&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -10.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring different systems; set r(FH)=2.7, r(HH)=0.74, p(FH)=-0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p(HH)&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 reactant does not approach F&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|unreactive trajectory. H2 appraoches F slightly &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Reactive trajectory. The reaction path moves from the reactant channel to the product channel. Both H2 and FH (reactant and product) have high vibrational energies.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Unreactive trajectory. The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721512</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721512"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T10:25:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, possibly formation of ABC transition complex, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fuorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond, the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were calculated to be &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H = 2.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H = 0.74&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721505</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721505"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T10:18:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* The Position of the Transition State */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fuorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond, the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond postulate is a hypothesis that describes the geometric structure of the transition state; it essentially predicts that in an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants as it is closer in energy to the reactants than to the products. In contrast, the transition state in an endothermic reaction will be more geometrically similar to the products than to the reactants. Starting with values close to the H-H and H-F bond length in literature [2] 74 pm and 92 pm respectively, the optimum TS bond lengths were found. The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found that the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is calculated by measuring the difference in energy between the reactant state and the transition state. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kJ/mol; this was done by inputting the transition state FH and HH bond lengths into the system to plot the energy vs time graph. The energies of the reactants F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H were calculated to be &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactive trajectory system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H = 2.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H = 0.74&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H momentum = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H momentum = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Online: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.science.uwaterloo.ca/~cchieh/cact/c120/bondel.html&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; - accessed on 18 May 2018&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721184</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721184"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T20:35:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fuorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond, the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS of FHH.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 17: Surface potential plot for TS|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state would be the same for both reactions as they both form the same HHF/HFH complex. It was found hat the point at which transition state occurs is when F-H bond distance and H-H bond distance is 1.8100003 Å and 0.7465 Å respectively, with the momentum p1 and p2 set to zero.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:TS_of_FHH.png&amp;diff=721151</id>
		<title>File:TS of FHH.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:TS_of_FHH.png&amp;diff=721151"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T20:11:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721146</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721146"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T20:10:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Activation Energies */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, the theory is inconsistent. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fuorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond, the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721141</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721141"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T20:07:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, this is clearly not true. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform back the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the transition state theory will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fuorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond, the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Position of the Transition State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energies ====&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721139</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721139"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T20:04:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Transition State Theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are: [1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, this is clearly not true. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform back the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TST also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, TST will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fuorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond, the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The position of the Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report the activation energy for both reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Heterogeneous Catalysts. T. Bligaard, J.K. Nørskov, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721136</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=721136"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T20:01:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Exercise 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, this is clearly not true. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform back the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TST also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, TST will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Classification of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their Energetics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  is exothermic as the products (H + HF) are more stable, hence lower in energy, compared to the reactants. This is due to the great difference in electronegativity of hydrogen and fuorine, resulting in the favourable formation of the more stable H-F bond (compared to the H-H bond). Hence, since the enthalpy of formation of the H-F bond is more negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of the H-H bond, the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H + HF is endothermic as the products (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) are higher in energy compared to the reactants. Since the enthalpy of formation of the H-H bond is less negative than the positive enthalpy of dissociation of H-F bond, the reaction is endothermic. This is due to the weaker H-H bond compared to the H-F bond, as mentioned above, is mainly a result of the great difference in electronegativity between H and F atoms; forming a strong covalent, polar bond in which there is a separation of opposite charges between one end and the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The position of the Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report the activation energy for both reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720903</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720903"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T17:35:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, this is clearly not true. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform back the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TST also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, TST will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report the activation energy for both reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720900</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720900"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T17:34:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Transition State Theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, this is clearly not true. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform back the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TST also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, TST will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report the activation energy for both reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720898</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720898"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T17:33:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the tabulated data above, the hypothesis is not always true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to transition state theory, between the state in which molecules exist as reactants and the state in which they exist as products, there is an intermediate state known as the transition state. The species that forms during the transition state is a higher-energy species known as the activated complex. TST postulates three major factors that determine whether or not a reaction will occur. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When applying transition state theory to potential energy surfaces, the main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Quantum-tunneling effects are assumed negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The atoms in the reactant state have energies that are Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not reenter the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These assumptions do not always apply. The third assumption would mean that any reactants that enter the transition state will definitely be reactive and form product. However, as shown in some of the examples above, this is clearly not true. As the reactants are in equilibrium with the transition state, if the system has insufficient energy to cross the activation barrier, the product will not form; instead it recrosses the activation energy barrier to reform back the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TST also ignores any quantum-tunneling effects; thus predicts that particles that do not have enough energy to classically surmount a barrier will not be able to reach the other side. However, some small molecules may be able to tunnel through the activation barrier, forming products, even if the system has insufficient energy to overcome the activation barrier as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, TST will predict a higher reaction rate compared to experimental values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report the activation energy for both reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720492</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720492"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T16:08:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Transition State Theory, there exists an intermediate between&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report the activation energy for both reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720489</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720489"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T16:07:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Total Energy&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction pathway, AB distance shortens as A approaches the static BC molecule. When AB distance = 1.5 Å, B-C bond distance begins to lengthen as AB distance also increases. This may be due to the formation of an ABC complex as the transition state. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, so the product does not form. Atom A is observed to distance away from molecule BC, which vibrates very strongly as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the reaction pathway can be observed to move toward product channel. As AB distance shortens, atom A approaches the static BC molecule. When A-B distance reaches about 0.75 Å apart, the rapid increase in AB and BC distance indicate a high translational kinetic energy, which results in the formation of AB product that possesses high vibrational energy as shown by the large oscillations on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Transition State Theory, there exists an intermediate between&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report the activation energy for both reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720044</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=720044"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T15:10:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the TS is not achieved and reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The B-C bond vibrates bery slightly while the A-B distance shortens; indicating the slight lengthening of B-C bond while the A atom attacks. The product AB vibrates - as interpreted by the oscillation of the product channel line.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Transition State Theory, there exists an intermediate between&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report the activation energy for both reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=719732</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=719732"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T14:44:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. The reaction path shows that B-C bond is static and does not oscillate while the A-B distance shortens. This indicates that the A atom attacks the BC molecule. After the transition state has formed, the B-C distance increases while the A-B distance makes small oscillations. This means the product AB has formed and possesses vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is unreactive as the reaction pathway does not move toward the product channel. Following the reaction path, the A-B distance shortens while the B-C bond oscillates (due to molecule vibrating); at A-B distance = ~ 1 Å the shortening does not continue. This means the AB product does not form. The energy and the phase of vibration is insufficient to overcome the activation energy barrier, hence the TS is not achieved and reaction does not occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 13|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 14|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 15|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 16|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Transition State Theory, there exists an intermediate between&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report the activation energy for both reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=719550</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=719550"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T14:26:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 8|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 9|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 10|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 11|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Transition State Theory, there exists an intermediate between&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report the activation energy for both reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=719536</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=719536"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T14:25:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: /* Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory is reactive as the black line can be seen to move to the product channel. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 8|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 9|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 10|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 11|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition State Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Transition State Theory, there exists an intermediate between&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
Classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Report the activation energy for both reactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=719249</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=719249"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T13:52:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus with time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, it is observed that the product formed is AB instead of BC - as shown in the internuclear distance vs time plot (plots 8 and 9), the blue line that remains relatively constant after 0.5 seconds is indicative of the formation of A-B bond. In the internuclear momenta vs time graphs (Figures 10 and 11), in figure 10, the A-B bond increases exponentially after approximately 0.5 seconds and plateaus at approximately 1.0 seconds; when r1 and r2 values were switched, the B-C bond does the same. This shows that the ...............&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 8|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 9|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 10|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 11|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=718935</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=718935"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T13:24:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 10: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 11: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead (plots can be compared side by side in figures 8, 9, 10 and 11), it is observed  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 8|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 9|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 10|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 11|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time_(but_r1%3Dts_and_r2%3Dts%2B0.01.png&amp;diff=718921</id>
		<title>File:Dynamics internuclear distance vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time_(but_r1%3Dts_and_r2%3Dts%2B0.01.png&amp;diff=718921"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T13:23:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=718907</id>
		<title>MRD:ccaarrooll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ccaarrooll&amp;diff=718907"/>
		<updated>2018-05-17T13:21:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ct1216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition States and Critical Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CTfigure1.png|200px|thumb|left|Figure 1: A potential energy surface plot illustrating the local energy minima.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and the products. It can be found by analysing the potential energy surface plot; with a function containing two variables, the transition state is the saddle point which should satisfy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ∂V(r1)/∂r1 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) ∂V(r2)/∂r2 = 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii) (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) * (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[y&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]) - (∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[z]/∂[x]∂[y])&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0, where x and y are the critical points in the plot and z is the derivative of the critical points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both the total energy gradient of the transition state and the minimum point have a first derivative of zero (∂V(ri)/∂ri = 0), a second derivative found by performing (iii) will distinguish the transition state if &amp;lt; 0. If the second derivative &amp;gt; 0, then it is a local minima. (Figure 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Approximate estimation of the Transition State position ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2a.png|200px|thumb|Figure 2: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time of TS.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:intersect-int.dis_time.png|200px|thumb|Figure 3: A plot of inter-nuclear distance vs. time for the H + H2 system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state, the gradient of the potential energy surface plot is zero, therefore making the force acting upon the hydrogen molecule zero. TS is the state corresponding to the highest potential energy along the reaction coordinate, hence it will have minimal/no kinetic energy, rendering it incapable of oscillation. The distances between three atoms (A, B and C) is equal at transition state. The zero momentum for both bond distances is due to zero force acting on the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
As observed from the internuclear distances vs time plot on the right (Figure 2), the distance between AB, BC and AC only remains constant the first 9 seconds - indicating minimal/no kinetic energy is possessed by the atoms - as the molecule is in the transition state. After 6 seconds, the molecule is no longer in the transition state as it begins oscillating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bond distance and momentum at which transition state is found to have occurred: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) AB distance = BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii) AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MEP Trajectory vs Dynamic Trajectory ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path taken is almost always the minimum energy path (MEP) - which is the path via the lowest energy transition state. This can be visualised by following the downhill gradient in the forward and backward direction of the transition state that we have located. This was done by running the reaction for a dynamic (Figure 4) and a minimum energy path (mep) (Figure 5); setting the initial conditions with the system slightly displaced from the transition state and zero initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 0.9085 Å (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+0.01)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.9075 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = BC momentum = 0 kg⋅m/s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data obtained from the two reaction paths are illustrated below.&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Surface Plot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamic surface plot TS.png|thumb|Figure 4: Dynamics surface plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepp surface plot.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 5: Minimum energy path (MEP) surface plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is illustrated by the black line on the surface plots. The reaction starts at the transition state (gradient = 0) in both the dynamic and MEP plots. However, in the dynamic plot, the reaction goes into completion as it extends through the x-axis; AB bond length is short as the BC bond length continues to increase. Whereas in the MEP plot, the black line is seen to come to a halt after progressing toward formation of the product. Apart from that, the slightly oscillating black line observed in the dynamic plot indicates that the diatomic molecule possesses vibrational energy - this vibrational motion coincides with an inertial trajectory. In the MEP plot, the black line remains constant; indicating that the diatomic molecule is not vibrating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Internuclear Distance vs Time ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics_internuclear_distance_vs_time.png|thumb|Figure 6: Dynamics internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mep internuclear distance vs time.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 7: Minimum energy path (MEP) internuclear distance vs time plot for TS.|centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic plot (Figure 6), the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant for about 0.4 seconds before the BC internuclear distance decreased slightly - indicating formation of BC product. The oscillating line shows that the product molecule is vibrating. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate exponentially. The extent to which nucleus AB and AC are apart is not shown but is assumed to be a large number (in Å). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path (MEP) plot shown in figure 7, as with the dynamic plot, the internuclear distance for AB, BC and thus AC remained constant approximately 2 seconds before BC internuclear distance began to decrease - indicating formation of BC product. Unlike the dynamic plot, the straight line in the plot shows that the bond between BC is static. At the same time, AB and AC internuclear distance increased at the same rate; forming a positive curve that possibly plateaus. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclar momenta vs time.png|thumb|Figure 8: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts+0.01 and r2=ts |200x200px|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time (but r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01.png|200x200px|thumb|Figure 9: Dynamics internuclear momenta vs time plot for TS; r1=ts and r2=ts+0.01 |centre]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the initial conditions were changed to r1 = rts and r2 = rts+0.01 instead, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
We can analyse the surface potential plots to determine between reactive and unreactive trajectories; as the reaction path (black line) can be seen to move from the reactant channel to the product channel. We are testing the hypothesis that states that all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier. Using the system setting r1 = 0.74, r2 = 2.0 and a variation of p1 and p2 values as tabulated in the table below, this hypothesis is tested.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!p1&lt;br /&gt;
!p2&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive/Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
!Plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.25&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 1.png|thumb|Figure 8|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 2.png|thumb|Figure 9|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 3.png|thumb|Figure 10|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.00&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 4.png|thumb|Figure 11|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.50&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.20&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Test trajectories - reaction 5.png|thumb|Figure 12|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FHH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C:H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB = 1.8100003&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 0.7465&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ct1216</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>